Sema.h revision 4cf4a5e96ab0babd13774b17112e7c1d83042ea7
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 48#include <deque> 49#include <string> 50 51namespace llvm { 52 class APSInt; 53 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 54 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 55 class SmallBitVector; 56} 57 58namespace clang { 59 class ADLResult; 60 class ASTConsumer; 61 class ASTContext; 62 class ASTMutationListener; 63 class ASTReader; 64 class ASTWriter; 65 class ArrayType; 66 class AttributeList; 67 class BlockDecl; 68 class CXXBasePath; 69 class CXXBasePaths; 70 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 71 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 72 class CXXConstructorDecl; 73 class CXXConversionDecl; 74 class CXXDestructorDecl; 75 class CXXFieldCollector; 76 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 77 class CXXMethodDecl; 78 class CXXScopeSpec; 79 class CXXTemporary; 80 class CXXTryStmt; 81 class CallExpr; 82 class ClassTemplateDecl; 83 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 84 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 85 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 86 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 87 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 88 class CodeCompletionResult; 89 class Decl; 90 class DeclAccessPair; 91 class DeclContext; 92 class DeclRefExpr; 93 class DeclaratorDecl; 94 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 95 class DependentDiagnostic; 96 class DesignatedInitExpr; 97 class Designation; 98 class EnumConstantDecl; 99 class Expr; 100 class ExtVectorType; 101 class ExternalSemaSource; 102 class FormatAttr; 103 class FriendDecl; 104 class FunctionDecl; 105 class FunctionProtoType; 106 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 107 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 108 class InitListExpr; 109 class InitializationKind; 110 class InitializationSequence; 111 class InitializedEntity; 112 class IntegerLiteral; 113 class LabelStmt; 114 class LambdaExpr; 115 class LangOptions; 116 class LocalInstantiationScope; 117 class LookupResult; 118 class MacroInfo; 119 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 120 class NamedDecl; 121 class NonNullAttr; 122 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 123 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 124 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 125 class ObjCContainerDecl; 126 class ObjCImplDecl; 127 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 128 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 129 class ObjCIvarDecl; 130 template <class T> class ObjCList; 131 class ObjCMessageExpr; 132 class ObjCMethodDecl; 133 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 134 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 135 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 136 class OverloadCandidateSet; 137 class OverloadExpr; 138 class ParenListExpr; 139 class ParmVarDecl; 140 class Preprocessor; 141 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 142 class PseudoObjectExpr; 143 class QualType; 144 class StandardConversionSequence; 145 class Stmt; 146 class StringLiteral; 147 class SwitchStmt; 148 class TargetAttributesSema; 149 class TemplateArgument; 150 class TemplateArgumentList; 151 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 152 class TemplateDecl; 153 class TemplateParameterList; 154 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 155 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 156 class Token; 157 class TypeAliasDecl; 158 class TypedefDecl; 159 class TypedefNameDecl; 160 class TypeLoc; 161 class UnqualifiedId; 162 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 163 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 164 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 165 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 166 class UsingDecl; 167 class UsingShadowDecl; 168 class ValueDecl; 169 class VarDecl; 170 class VisibilityAttr; 171 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 172 class IndirectFieldDecl; 173 174namespace sema { 175 class AccessedEntity; 176 class BlockScopeInfo; 177 class CapturingScopeInfo; 178 class CompoundScopeInfo; 179 class DelayedDiagnostic; 180 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 181 class FunctionScopeInfo; 182 class LambdaScopeInfo; 183 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 184 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 185} 186 187// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 188// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 189typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 190 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 191 192/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 193class Sema { 194 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 195 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 196 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 197 198 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 199 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 200 201 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 202 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 203 204 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 205 206public: 207 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 208 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 209 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 210 211 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 212 FPOptions FPFeatures; 213 214 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 215 Preprocessor &PP; 216 ASTContext &Context; 217 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 218 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 219 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 220 221 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 222 bool CollectStats; 223 224 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 225 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 226 227 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 228 DeclContext *CurContext; 229 230 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 231 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 232 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 233 234 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 235 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 236 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 237 238 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 239 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 240 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 241 242 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 243 244 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 245 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 246 247 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 248 /// 249 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 250 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 251 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 252 253 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 254 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 255 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 256 257 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 258 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 259 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 260 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 261 262 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 263 264 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 265 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 266 /// 267 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 268 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 269 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 270 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 271 272 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 273 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 274 ExtVectorDeclsType; 275 276 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 277 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 278 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 279 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 280 281 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 282 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 283 284 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 285 286 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 287 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 288 289 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 290 291 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 292 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 293 /// same list more than once. 294 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 295 296 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 297 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 298 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 299 300 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 301 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 302 /// 303 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 304 /// scopes, e.g., 305 /// 306 /// \code 307 /// extern "C" void f() { 308 /// void foo(int, int); 309 /// } 310 /// \endcode 311 /// 312 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 313 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 314 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 315 /// 316 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 317 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 318 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 319 /// for compatibility. 320 /// 321 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 322 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 323 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 324 /// not visible. 325 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 326 327 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 328 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 329 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 330 331 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 332 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 333 TentativeDefinitionsType; 334 335 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 336 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 337 338 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 339 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 340 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 341 342 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 343 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 344 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 345 346 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 347 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 348 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 349 350 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 351 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 352 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 353 354 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 355 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 356 /// exception spec. 357 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 358 359 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 360 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 361 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 362 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 363 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 364 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 365 366 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 367 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 368 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 369 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 370 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 371 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 372 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 373 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 374 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 375 376 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 377 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 378 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 379 void *OpaqueParser; 380 381 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 382 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 383 OpaqueParser = P; 384 } 385 386 class DelayedDiagnostics; 387 388 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 389 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 390 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 391 }; 392 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 393 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 394 395 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 396 /// during parsing and other processing. 397 class DelayedDiagnostics { 398 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 399 /// diagnostics should go. 400 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 401 402 public: 403 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 404 405 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 406 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 407 408 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 409 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 410 411 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 412 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 413 return CurPool; 414 } 415 416 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 417 /// collected in this pool. 418 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 419 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 420 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 421 CurPool = &pool; 422 return state; 423 } 424 425 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 426 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 427 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 428 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 429 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 430 } 431 432 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 433 /// not delayed. 434 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 435 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 436 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 437 CurPool = 0; 438 return state; 439 } 440 441 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 442 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 443 assert(CurPool == NULL); 444 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 445 } 446 } DelayedDiagnostics; 447 448 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 449 class ContextRAII { 450 private: 451 Sema &S; 452 DeclContext *SavedContext; 453 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 454 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 455 456 public: 457 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 458 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 459 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 460 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 461 { 462 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 463 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 464 } 465 466 void pop() { 467 if (!SavedContext) return; 468 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 469 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 470 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 471 SavedContext = 0; 472 } 473 474 ~ContextRAII() { 475 pop(); 476 } 477 }; 478 479 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 480 /// a function body. 481 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 482 Sema &S; 483 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 484 485 public: 486 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 487 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 488 { 489 S.PushFunctionScope(); 490 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 491 } 492 493 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 494 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 495 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 496 } 497 }; 498 499 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 500 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 501 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 502 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 503 504 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 505 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 506 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 507 /// in the currently selected standard. 508 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 509 510 511 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 512 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 513 514 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 515 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 516 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 517 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 518 /// It would be best to refactor this. 519 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 520 521 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 522 523 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 524 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 525 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 526 Scope *TUScope; 527 528 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 529 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 530 531 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 532 /// standard library. 533 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 534 535 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 536 /// \<initializer_list>. 537 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 538 539 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 540 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 541 542 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 543 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 544 545 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 546 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 547 548 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 549 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 550 551 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 552 QualType NSNumberPointer; 553 554 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 555 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 556 557 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 558 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 559 560 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 561 QualType NSStringPointer; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 564 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 565 566 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 567 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 568 569 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 570 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 571 572 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 573 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 574 575 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 576 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 577 578 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 579 QualType QIDNSCopying; 580 581 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 582 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 583 584 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 585 /// have been declared. 586 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 587 588 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 589 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 590 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 591 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 592 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 593 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 594 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 595 /// run time. 596 Unevaluated, 597 598 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 599 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 600 /// cases in a switch statment). 601 ConstantEvaluated, 602 603 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 604 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 605 /// expression at run time. 606 PotentiallyEvaluated, 607 608 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 609 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 610 /// in fact the current expression is used. 611 /// 612 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 613 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 614 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 615 /// until the default argument is used. 616 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 617 }; 618 619 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 620 /// expression evaluation contexts. 621 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 622 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 623 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 624 625 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 626 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 627 628 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 629 bool IsDecltype; 630 631 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 632 /// this expression evaluation context. 633 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 634 635 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 636 637 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 638 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 639 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 640 641 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 642 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 643 /// default function argument. 644 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 645 646 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 647 /// within this context. 648 /// 649 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 650 /// do not have lambda expressions. 651 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 652 653 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 654 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 655 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 656 657 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 658 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 659 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 660 661 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 662 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 663 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 664 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 665 bool IsDecltype) 666 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 667 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 668 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 669 670 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 671 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 672 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 673 if (!LambdaMangle) 674 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 675 return *LambdaMangle; 676 } 677 }; 678 679 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 680 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 681 682 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 683 /// function. 684 /// 685 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 686 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 687 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 688 public: 689 enum Kind { 690 NoMemberOrDeleted, 691 Ambiguous, 692 Success 693 }; 694 695 private: 696 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 697 698 public: 699 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 700 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 701 {} 702 703 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 704 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 705 706 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 707 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 708 }; 709 710 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 711 /// for C++ records. 712 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 713 714 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 715 /// 716 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 717 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 718 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 719 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 720 /// checks. 721 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 722 723 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 724 725 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 726 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 727 728 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 729 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 730 731 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 732 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 733 /// 734 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 735 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 736 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 737 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 738 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 739 740 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 741 // argument locations. 742 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 743 744 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 745 /// definition in this translation unit. 746 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 747 748 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 749 void getUndefinedButUsed( 750 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 751 752 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 753 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 754 755 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 756 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 757 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 758 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 759 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 760 761 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 762 /// of -Wselector. 763 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 764 765 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 766 enum CXXSpecialMember { 767 CXXDefaultConstructor, 768 CXXCopyConstructor, 769 CXXMoveConstructor, 770 CXXCopyAssignment, 771 CXXMoveAssignment, 772 CXXDestructor, 773 CXXInvalid 774 }; 775 776 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 777 778 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 779 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 780 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 781 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 782 783 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 784 785 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 786 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 787 788 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 789 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 790 /// should not be used elsewhere. 791 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 792 793 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 794 /// statements. 795 class FPContractStateRAII { 796 public: 797 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 798 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 799 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 800 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 801 } 802 private: 803 Sema& S; 804 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 805 }; 806 807public: 808 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 809 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 810 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 811 ~Sema(); 812 813 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 814 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 815 void Initialize(); 816 817 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 818 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 819 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 820 821 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 822 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 823 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 824 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 825 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 826 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 827 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 828 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 829 830 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 831 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 832 /// 833 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 834 /// 835 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 836 837 void PrintStats() const; 838 839 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 840 /// template instantiation stacks. 841 /// 842 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 843 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 844 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 845 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 846 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 847 /// well. 848 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 849 Sema &SemaRef; 850 unsigned DiagID; 851 852 public: 853 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 854 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 855 856 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 857 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 858 if (!isActive()) return; 859 860 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 861 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 862 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 863 // 864 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 865 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 866 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 867 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 868 // eliminate that code. 869 FlushCounts(); 870 Clear(); 871 872 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 873 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 874 } 875 }; 876 877 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 878 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 879 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 880 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 881 } 882 883 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 884 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 885 886 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 887 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 888 889 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 890 891 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 892 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 893 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 894 895 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 896 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 897 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 898 899 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 900 901 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 902 903 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 904 905 void PushFunctionScope(); 906 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 907 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 908 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 909 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 910 911 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 912 return FunctionScopes.back(); 913 } 914 915 void PushCompoundScope(); 916 void PopCompoundScope(); 917 918 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 919 920 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 921 922 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 923 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 924 925 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 926 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 927 928 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 929 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 930 931 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 932 933 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 934 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 935 // 936 937 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 938 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 939 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 940 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 941 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 942 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 943 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 944 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 945 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 946 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 947 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 948 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 949 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 950 951 /// \brief Build a function type. 952 /// 953 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 954 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 955 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 956 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 957 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 958 /// 959 /// \param T The return type of the function. 960 /// 961 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 962 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 963 /// function parameters. 964 /// 965 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 966 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 967 /// type that will have function type. 968 /// 969 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 970 /// type, if known. 971 /// 972 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 973 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 974 /// 975 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 976 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 977 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 978 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 979 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 980 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 981 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 982 983 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 984 SourceLocation Loc, 985 DeclarationName Entity); 986 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 987 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 988 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 989 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 990 991 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 992 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 993 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 994 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 995 996 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 997 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 998 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 999 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1000 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1001 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1002 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1003 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1004 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1005 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1006 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1007 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1008 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1009 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1010 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1011 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1012 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1013 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1014 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1015 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1016 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1017 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1018 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1019 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1020 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1021 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1022 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1023 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1024 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1025 1026 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1027 1028 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1029 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1030 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1031 1032 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1033 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1034 bool Suppressed; 1035 1036 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1037 1038 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1039 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1040 }; 1041 1042 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1043 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1044 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1045 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1046 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1047 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1048 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1049 return II; 1050 } 1051 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1052 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1053 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1054 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1055 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1056 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1057 1058 template<typename T1> 1059 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1060 unsigned DiagID; 1061 const T1 &Arg1; 1062 1063 public: 1064 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1065 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1066 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1067 if (Suppressed) return; 1068 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1069 } 1070 1071 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1072 }; 1073 1074 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1075 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1076 unsigned DiagID; 1077 const T1 &Arg1; 1078 const T2 &Arg2; 1079 1080 public: 1081 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1082 const T2 &Arg2) 1083 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1084 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1085 1086 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1087 if (Suppressed) return; 1088 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1089 } 1090 1091 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1092 }; 1093 1094 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1095 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1096 unsigned DiagID; 1097 const T1 &Arg1; 1098 const T2 &Arg2; 1099 const T3 &Arg3; 1100 1101 public: 1102 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1103 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1104 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1105 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1106 1107 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1108 if (Suppressed) return; 1109 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1110 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1111 } 1112 1113 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1114 }; 1115 1116 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1117 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1118 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1119 unsigned DiagID); 1120 1121 template<typename T1> 1122 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1123 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1124 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1125 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1126 } 1127 1128 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1129 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1130 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1131 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1132 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1133 } 1134 1135 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1136 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1137 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1138 const T3 &Arg3) { 1139 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1140 Arg3); 1141 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1142 } 1143 1144 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1145 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1146 1147 template<typename T1> 1148 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1149 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1150 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1151 } 1152 1153 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1154 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1155 const T2 &Arg2) { 1156 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1157 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1158 } 1159 1160 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1161 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1162 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1163 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1164 Arg3); 1165 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1166 } 1167 1168 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1169 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1170 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1171 1172 template<typename T1> 1173 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1174 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1175 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1176 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1177 } 1178 1179 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1180 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1181 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1182 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1183 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1184 } 1185 1186 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1187 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1188 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1189 const T3 &Arg3) { 1190 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1191 Arg3); 1192 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1193 } 1194 1195 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1196 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1197 1198 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1199 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1200 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1201 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1202 SourceLocation Loc); 1203 1204 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1205 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1206 // 1207 1208 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1209 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1210 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1211 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1212 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1213 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1214 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1215 /// such as: 1216 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1217 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1218 1219 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1220 1221 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1222 1223 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1224 1225 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1226 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1227 bool isClassName = false, 1228 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1229 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1230 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1231 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1232 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1233 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1234 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1235 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1236 SourceLocation IILoc, 1237 Scope *S, 1238 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1239 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1240 1241 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1242 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1243 enum NameClassificationKind { 1244 NC_Unknown, 1245 NC_Error, 1246 NC_Keyword, 1247 NC_Type, 1248 NC_Expression, 1249 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1250 NC_TypeTemplate, 1251 NC_FunctionTemplate 1252 }; 1253 1254 class NameClassification { 1255 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1256 ExprResult Expr; 1257 TemplateName Template; 1258 ParsedType Type; 1259 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1260 1261 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1262 1263 public: 1264 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1265 1266 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1267 1268 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1269 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1270 1271 static NameClassification Error() { 1272 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1273 } 1274 1275 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1276 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1277 } 1278 1279 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1280 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1281 } 1282 1283 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1284 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1285 Result.Template = Name; 1286 return Result; 1287 } 1288 1289 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1290 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1291 Result.Template = Name; 1292 return Result; 1293 } 1294 1295 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1296 1297 ParsedType getType() const { 1298 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1299 return Type; 1300 } 1301 1302 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1303 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1304 return Expr; 1305 } 1306 1307 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1308 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1309 return Template; 1310 } 1311 1312 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1313 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1314 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1315 } 1316 }; 1317 1318 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1319 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1320 /// 1321 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1322 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1323 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1324 /// 1325 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1326 /// 1327 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1328 /// 1329 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1330 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1331 /// 1332 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1333 /// 1334 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1335 /// disambiguate the name. 1336 /// 1337 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1338 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1339 /// expression. 1340 /// 1341 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1342 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1343 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1344 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1345 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1346 const Token &NextToken, 1347 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1348 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1349 1350 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1351 1352 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1353 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1354 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1355 const LookupResult &Previous, 1356 Scope *S); 1357 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1358 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1359 DeclarationName Name, 1360 SourceLocation Loc); 1361 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1362 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1363 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1364 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1365 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1366 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1367 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1368 LookupResult &Previous); 1369 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1370 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1371 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1372 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1373 LookupResult &Previous, 1374 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1375 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1376 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1377 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1378 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1379 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1380 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1381 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1382 LookupResult &Previous, 1383 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1384 bool &AddToScope); 1385 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1386 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1387 1388 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1389 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1390 1391 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1392 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1393 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1394 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1395 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1396 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1397 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1398 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1399 SourceLocation Loc, 1400 QualType T); 1401 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1402 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1403 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1404 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1405 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1406 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1407 Expr *defarg); 1408 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1409 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1410 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1411 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1412 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1413 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1414 1415 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1416 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1417 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1418 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1419 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1420 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1421 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1422 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1423 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1424 Decl **Group, 1425 unsigned NumDecls); 1426 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1427 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1428 1429 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1430 /// documentation comments. 1431 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1432 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1433 1434 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1435 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1436 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1437 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1438 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1439 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1440 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1441 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1442 } 1443 1444 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1445 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1446 /// code for that function. 1447 /// 1448 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1449 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1450 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1451 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1452 1453 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1454 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1455 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1456 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1457 1458 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1459 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1460 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1461 1462 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1463 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1464 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1465 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1466 1467 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1468 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1469 /// specified threshold. 1470 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1471 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1472 QualType ReturnTy, 1473 NamedDecl *D); 1474 1475 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1476 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1477 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1478 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1479 1480 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1481 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1482 AttributeList *AttrList, 1483 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1484 1485 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1486 /// 1487 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1488 /// 1489 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1490 /// 1491 /// \param Path The module access path. 1492 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1493 ModuleIdPath Path); 1494 1495 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1496 /// source location. 1497 /// 1498 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1499 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1500 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1501 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1502 1503 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1504 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1505 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1506 } 1507 1508 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1509 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1510 const Preprocessor &PP); 1511 1512 /// Scope actions. 1513 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1514 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1515 1516 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1517 DeclSpec &DS); 1518 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1519 DeclSpec &DS, 1520 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1521 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1522 1523 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1524 AccessSpecifier AS, 1525 RecordDecl *Record); 1526 1527 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1528 RecordDecl *Record); 1529 1530 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1531 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1532 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1533 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1534 1535 enum TagUseKind { 1536 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1537 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1538 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1539 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1540 }; 1541 1542 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1543 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1544 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1545 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1546 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1547 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1548 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1549 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1550 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1551 1552 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1553 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1554 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1555 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1556 AttributeList *Attr, 1557 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1558 1559 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1560 unsigned TagSpec, 1561 TagUseKind TUK, 1562 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1563 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1564 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1565 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1566 1567 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1568 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1569 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1570 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1571 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1572 1573 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1574 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1575 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1576 AccessSpecifier AS); 1577 1578 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1579 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1580 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1581 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1582 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1583 SourceLocation TSSL, 1584 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1585 Declarator *D = 0); 1586 1587 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1588 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1589 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1590 bool Diagnose = false); 1591 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1592 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1593 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1594 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1595 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1596 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1597 1598 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1599 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1600 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1601 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1602 AttributeList *AttrList); 1603 1604 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1605 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1606 /// struct, or union). 1607 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1608 1609 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1610 1611 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1612 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1613 /// member declarations. 1614 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1615 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1616 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1617 1618 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1619 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1620 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1621 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1622 1623 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1624 1625 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1626 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1627 /// 1628 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1629 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1630 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1631 1632 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1633 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1634 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1635 1636 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1637 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1638 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1639 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1640 Expr *val); 1641 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1642 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1643 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1644 1645 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1646 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1647 AttributeList *Attrs, 1648 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1649 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1650 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1651 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1652 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1653 1654 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1655 1656 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1657 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1658 void PopDeclContext(); 1659 1660 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1661 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1662 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1663 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1664 1665 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1666 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1667 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1668 1669 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1670 1671 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1672 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1673 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1674 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1675 1676 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1677 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1678 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1679 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1680 1681 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1682 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1683 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1684 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1685 1686 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1687 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1688 1689 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1690 /// top level scope. 1691 /// 1692 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1693 /// 1694 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1695 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1696 1697 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1698 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1699 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1700 /// 1701 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1702 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1703 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1704 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1705 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1706 1707 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1708 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1709 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1710 1711 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1712 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1713 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1714 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1715 1716 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1717 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1718 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1719 VersionTuple Introduced, 1720 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1721 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1722 bool IsUnavailable, 1723 StringRef Message, 1724 bool Override, 1725 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1726 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1727 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1728 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1729 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1730 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1731 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1732 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1733 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1734 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1735 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1736 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1737 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1738 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1739 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1740 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1741 1742 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1743 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1744 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1745 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1746 AMK_None, 1747 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1748 /// an exact match. 1749 AMK_Redeclaration, 1750 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1751 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1752 AMK_Override 1753 }; 1754 1755 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1756 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1757 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1758 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1759 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1760 Scope *S); 1761 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1762 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1763 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1764 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1765 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1766 1767 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1768 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1769 enum AssignmentAction { 1770 AA_Assigning, 1771 AA_Passing, 1772 AA_Returning, 1773 AA_Converting, 1774 AA_Initializing, 1775 AA_Sending, 1776 AA_Casting 1777 }; 1778 1779 /// C++ Overloading. 1780 enum OverloadKind { 1781 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1782 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1783 Ovl_Overload, 1784 1785 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1786 /// an existing declaration. 1787 Ovl_Match, 1788 1789 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1790 /// non-function. 1791 Ovl_NonFunction 1792 }; 1793 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1794 FunctionDecl *New, 1795 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1796 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1797 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1798 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1799 1800 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1801 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1802 /// 1803 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1804 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1805 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1806 1807 ImplicitConversionSequence 1808 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1809 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1810 bool AllowExplicit, 1811 bool InOverloadResolution, 1812 bool CStyle, 1813 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1814 1815 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1816 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1817 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1818 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1819 bool InOverloadResolution, 1820 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1821 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1822 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1823 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1824 QualType &ConvertedType); 1825 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1826 QualType& ConvertedType); 1827 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1828 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1829 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1830 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1831 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1832 1833 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1834 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1835 CastKind &Kind, 1836 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1837 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1838 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1839 bool InOverloadResolution, 1840 QualType &ConvertedType); 1841 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1842 CastKind &Kind, 1843 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1844 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1845 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1846 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1847 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1848 QualType &ResultTy); 1849 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1850 1851 1852 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1853 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1854 QualType ResultType, 1855 Expr *Value, 1856 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1857 1858 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1859 ExprResult Init); 1860 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1861 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1862 ExprResult Init, 1863 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1864 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1865 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1866 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1867 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1868 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1869 1870 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1871 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1872 1873 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1874 enum CCEKind { 1875 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1876 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1877 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1878 }; 1879 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1880 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1881 1882 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1883 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1884 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1885 public: 1886 bool Suppress; 1887 bool SuppressConversion; 1888 1889 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1890 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1891 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1892 1893 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1894 /// integral or enumeration type. 1895 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1896 QualType T) = 0; 1897 1898 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1899 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1900 QualType T) = 0; 1901 1902 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1903 /// is explicit. 1904 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1905 QualType T, 1906 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1907 1908 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1909 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1910 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1911 1912 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1913 /// functions. 1914 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1915 QualType T) = 0; 1916 1917 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1918 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1919 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1920 1921 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1922 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1923 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1924 QualType T, 1925 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1926 1927 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1928 }; 1929 1930 ExprResult 1931 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1932 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1933 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1934 1935 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1936 OS_Array, 1937 OS_Dictionary, 1938 OS_Error 1939 }; 1940 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1941 1942 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1943 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1944 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1945 LK_Array, 1946 LK_Dictionary, 1947 LK_Numeric, 1948 LK_Boxed, 1949 LK_String, 1950 LK_Block, 1951 LK_None 1952 }; 1953 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 1954 1955 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1956 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1957 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1958 NamedDecl *Member); 1959 1960 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1961 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1962 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1963 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1964 1965 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1966 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1967 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1968 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1969 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1970 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1971 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1972 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1973 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1974 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1975 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1976 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1977 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1978 QualType ObjectType, 1979 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1980 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1981 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1982 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1983 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1984 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1985 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1986 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1987 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1988 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1989 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1990 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1991 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1992 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1993 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1994 QualType ObjectType, 1995 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1996 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1997 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1998 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1999 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2000 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2001 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2002 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2003 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2004 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2005 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2006 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2007 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2008 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2009 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2010 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2011 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2012 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2013 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2014 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2015 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2016 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2017 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2018 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2019 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2020 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2021 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2022 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2023 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2024 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2025 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2026 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2027 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2028 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2029 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2030 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2031 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2032 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2033 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2034 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2035 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2036 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2037 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2038 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2039 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2040 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2041 2042 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2043 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2044 2045 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2046 // identified by the expression Expr 2047 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2048 2049 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2050 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2051 // R (A) --> R(A) 2052 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2053 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2054 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2055 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2056 2057 FunctionDecl * 2058 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2059 QualType TargetType, 2060 bool Complain, 2061 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2062 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2063 2064 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2065 bool Complain = false, 2066 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2067 2068 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2069 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2070 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2071 bool Complain = false, 2072 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2073 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2074 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2075 2076 2077 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2078 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2079 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2080 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2081 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2082 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2083 2084 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2085 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2086 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2087 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2088 2089 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2090 // range-based for loop. 2091 enum ForRangeStatus { 2092 FRS_Success, 2093 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2094 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2095 }; 2096 2097 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2098 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2099 enum BeginEndFunction { 2100 BEF_begin, 2101 BEF_end 2102 }; 2103 2104 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2105 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2106 VarDecl *Decl, 2107 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2108 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2109 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2110 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2111 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2112 2113 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2114 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2115 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2116 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2117 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2118 Expr *ExecConfig, 2119 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2120 2121 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2122 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2123 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2124 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2125 ExprResult *Result); 2126 2127 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2128 unsigned Opc, 2129 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2130 Expr *input); 2131 2132 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2133 unsigned Opc, 2134 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2135 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2136 2137 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2138 SourceLocation RLoc, 2139 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2140 2141 ExprResult 2142 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2143 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2144 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2145 ExprResult 2146 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2147 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2148 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2149 2150 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2151 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2152 2153 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2154 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2155 /// that best represents the call. 2156 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2157 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2158 2159 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2160 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2161 bool CheckParameterNames); 2162 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2163 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2164 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2165 2166 /// \name Name lookup 2167 /// 2168 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2169 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2170 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2171 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2172 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2173 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2174 /// 2175 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2176 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2177 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2178 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2179 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2180 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2181 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2182 /// 2183 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2184 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2185 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2186 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2187 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2188 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2189 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2190 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2191 //@{ 2192 2193 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2194 enum LookupNameKind { 2195 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2196 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2197 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2198 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2199 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2200 /// structs, and unions. 2201 LookupTagName, 2202 /// Label name lookup. 2203 LookupLabel, 2204 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2205 /// class/struct/union members. 2206 LookupMemberName, 2207 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2208 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2209 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2210 LookupOperatorName, 2211 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2212 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2213 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2214 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2215 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2216 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2217 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2218 LookupNamespaceName, 2219 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2220 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2221 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2222 LookupUsingDeclName, 2223 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2224 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2225 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2226 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2227 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2228 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2229 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2230 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2231 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2232 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2233 LookupAnyName 2234 }; 2235 2236 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2237 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2238 enum RedeclarationKind { 2239 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2240 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2241 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2242 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2243 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2244 ForRedeclaration 2245 }; 2246 2247 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2248 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2249 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2250 LOLR_Error, 2251 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2252 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2253 LOLR_Cooked, 2254 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2255 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2256 LOLR_Raw, 2257 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2258 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2259 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2260 LOLR_Template 2261 }; 2262 2263 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2264 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2265 bool ConstArg, 2266 bool VolatileArg, 2267 bool RValueThis, 2268 bool ConstThis, 2269 bool VolatileThis); 2270 2271private: 2272 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2273 2274 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2275 // 2276 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2277 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2278 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2279 2280 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2281 /// source. 2282 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2283 2284public: 2285 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2286 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2287 /// 2288 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2289 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2290 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2291 SourceLocation Loc, 2292 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2293 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2294 = NotForRedeclaration); 2295 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2296 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2297 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2298 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2299 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2300 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2301 bool EnteringContext = false); 2302 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2303 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2304 = NotForRedeclaration); 2305 2306 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2307 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2308 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2309 2310 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2311 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2312 2313 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2314 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2315 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2316 unsigned Quals); 2317 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2318 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2319 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2320 unsigned Quals); 2321 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2322 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2323 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2324 2325 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2326 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2327 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2328 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2329 2330 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2331 SourceLocation Loc, 2332 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2333 ADLResult &Functions); 2334 2335 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2336 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2337 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2338 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2339 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2340 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2341 2342 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2343 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2344 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2345 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2346 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2347 bool EnteringContext = false, 2348 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2349 2350 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2351 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2352 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2353 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2354 2355 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2356 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2357 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2358 2359 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2360 //@} 2361 2362 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2363 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2364 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2365 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2366 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2367 SourceLocation Loc); 2368 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2369 Scope *S); 2370 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2371 2372 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2373 2374 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2375 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2376 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2377 bool NonInheritable = true, 2378 bool Inheritable = true); 2379 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2380 bool NonInheritable = true, 2381 bool Inheritable = true, 2382 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2383 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2384 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2385 2386 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2387 2388 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2389 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2390 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2391 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2392 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2393 2394 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2395 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2396 SourceRange Range); 2397 2398 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2399 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2400 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2401 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2402 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2403 2404 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2405 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2406 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2407 2408 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2409 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2410 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2411 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2412 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2413 2414 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2415 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2416 2417 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2418 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2419 2420 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2421 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2422 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2423 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2424 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2425 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2426 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2427 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2428 2429 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2430 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2431 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2432 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2433 SourceLocation Loc); 2434 2435 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2436 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2437 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2438 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2439 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2440 2441 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2442 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2443 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2444 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2445 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2446 2447 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2448 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2449 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2450 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2451 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2452 2453 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2454 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2455 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2456 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2457 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2458 2459 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2460 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2461 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2462 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2463 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2464 2465 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2466 /// class extensions. 2467 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2468 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2469 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2470 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2471 Selector GetterSel, 2472 Selector SetterSel, 2473 const bool isAssign, 2474 const bool isReadWrite, 2475 const unsigned Attributes, 2476 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2477 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2478 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2479 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2480 2481 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2482 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2483 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2484 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2485 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2486 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2487 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2488 Selector GetterSel, 2489 Selector SetterSel, 2490 const bool isAssign, 2491 const bool isReadWrite, 2492 const unsigned Attributes, 2493 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2494 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2495 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2496 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2497 2498 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2499 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2500 /// setter or getter. 2501 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2502 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2503 2504 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2505 2506 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2507 2508 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2509 MMS_loose, 2510 MMS_strict 2511 }; 2512 2513 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2514 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2515 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2516 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2517 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2518 2519 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2520 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2521 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2522 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2523 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2524 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2525 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2526 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2527 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2528 bool ImmediateClass, 2529 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2530 2531 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2532 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2533 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2534 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2535 2536 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2537 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2538 2539private: 2540 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2541 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2542 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2543 2544 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2545 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2546 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2547 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2548 bool warn, bool instance); 2549 2550public: 2551 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2552 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2553 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2554 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2555 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2556 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2557 } 2558 2559 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2560 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2561 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2562 } 2563 2564 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2565 /// pool. 2566 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2567 2568 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2569 /// there are multiple signatures. 2570 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2571 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2572 bool warn=true) { 2573 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2574 warn, /*instance*/true); 2575 } 2576 2577 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2578 /// there are multiple signatures. 2579 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2580 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2581 bool warn=true) { 2582 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2583 warn, /*instance*/false); 2584 } 2585 2586 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2587 /// implementation. 2588 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2589 2590 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2591 /// initialization. 2592 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2593 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2594 2595 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2596 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2597public: 2598 class FullExprArg { 2599 public: 2600 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2601 2602 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2603 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2604 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2605 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2606 2607 ExprResult release() { 2608 return E; 2609 } 2610 2611 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2612 2613 Expr *operator->() { 2614 return E; 2615 } 2616 2617 private: 2618 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2619 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2620 friend class Sema; 2621 2622 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2623 2624 Expr *E; 2625 }; 2626 2627 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2628 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2629 } 2630 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2631 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2632 } 2633 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2634 ExprResult FE = 2635 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2636 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2637 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2638 } 2639 2640 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2641 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2642 2643 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2644 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2645 2646 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2647 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2648 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2649 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2650 bool isStmtExpr); 2651 2652 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2653 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2654 public: 2655 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2656 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2657 } 2658 2659 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2660 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2661 } 2662 2663 private: 2664 Sema &S; 2665 }; 2666 2667 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2668 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2669 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2670 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2671 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2672 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2673 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2674 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2675 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2676 2677 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2678 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2679 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2680 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2681 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2682 2683 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2684 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2685 Stmt *SubStmt); 2686 2687 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2688 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2689 Stmt *ThenVal, 2690 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2691 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2692 Expr *Cond, 2693 Decl *CondVar); 2694 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2695 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2696 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2697 FullExprArg Cond, 2698 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2699 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2700 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2701 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2702 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2703 2704 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2705 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2706 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2707 Decl *SecondVar, 2708 FullExprArg Third, 2709 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2710 Stmt *Body); 2711 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2712 Expr *collection); 2713 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2714 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2715 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2716 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2717 2718 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2719 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2720 BFRK_Build, 2721 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2722 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2723 BFRK_Rebuild, 2724 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2725 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2726 BFRK_Check 2727 }; 2728 2729 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2730 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2731 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2732 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2733 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2734 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2735 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2736 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2737 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2738 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2739 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2740 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2741 2742 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2743 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2744 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2745 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2746 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2747 Expr *DestExp); 2748 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2749 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2750 2751 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2752 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2753 2754 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2755 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2756 2757 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2758 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2759 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2760 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2761 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2762 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2763 2764 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2765 unsigned &Length, unsigned &Size, 2766 unsigned &Type, bool &IsVarDecl); 2767 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2768 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2769 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2770 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2771 2772 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2773 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2774 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2775 bool Invalid = false); 2776 2777 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2778 2779 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2780 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2781 2782 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2783 2784 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2785 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2786 2787 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2788 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2789 Scope *CurScope); 2790 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2791 Expr *operand); 2792 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2793 Expr *SynchExpr, 2794 Stmt *SynchBody); 2795 2796 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2797 2798 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2799 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2800 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2801 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2802 2803 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2804 2805 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2806 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2807 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2808 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2809 2810 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2811 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2812 Stmt *TryBlock, 2813 Stmt *Handler); 2814 2815 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2816 Expr *FilterExpr, 2817 Stmt *Block); 2818 2819 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2820 Stmt *Block); 2821 2822 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2823 2824 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2825 2826 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2827 /// of it. 2828 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2829 2830 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2831 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2832 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2833 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2834 2835 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2836 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2837 /// 2838 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2839 /// if (condition); 2840 /// do_stuff(); 2841 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2842 const Stmt *Body, 2843 unsigned DiagID); 2844 2845 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2846 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2847 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2848 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2849 2850 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2851 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2852 } 2853 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2854 2855 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2856 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2857 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2858 } 2859 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2860 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2861 } 2862 2863 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2864 2865 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2866 SourceLocation Loc, 2867 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2868 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2869 2870 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2871 2872 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2873 StringRef message); 2874 2875 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2876 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2877 2878 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2879 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2880 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2881 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2882 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2883 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2884 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2885 SourceLocation Loc); 2886 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2887 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2888 2889 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2890 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2891 bool IsDecltype = false); 2892 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2893 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2894 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2895 bool IsDecltype = false); 2896 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2897 2898 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2899 2900 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2901 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2902 2903 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2904 2905 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2906 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2907 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2908 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2909 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2910 // named expressions. 2911 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 2912 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2913 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2914 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2915 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2916 2917 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2918 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2919 2920 enum TryCaptureKind { 2921 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2922 }; 2923 2924 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2925 /// 2926 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2927 /// 2928 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2929 /// 2930 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2931 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2932 /// 2933 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2934 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2935 /// 2936 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2937 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2938 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2939 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2940 /// 2941 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2942 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2943 /// variable can be captured. 2944 /// 2945 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2946 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2947 /// captured. 2948 /// 2949 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2950 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2951 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2952 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2953 QualType &CaptureType, 2954 QualType &DeclRefType); 2955 2956 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2957 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2958 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2959 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2960 2961 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2962 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2963 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2964 2965 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2966 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2967 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2968 2969 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2970 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2971 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2972 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2973 bool ForceComplain = false, 2974 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2975 2976 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2977 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2978 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2979 2980 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2981 /// evaluation context. 2982 /// 2983 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2984 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2985 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2986 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2987 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2988 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2989 2990 // Primary Expressions. 2991 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2992 2993 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2994 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2995 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2996 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2997 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2998 2999 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3000 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3001 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3002 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3003 3004 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3005 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3006 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3007 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 3008 3009 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3010 IdentifierInfo *II, 3011 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3012 3013 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3014 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3015 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3016 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3017 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3018 3019 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3020 ExprValueKind VK, 3021 SourceLocation Loc, 3022 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3023 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3024 ExprValueKind VK, 3025 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3026 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 3027 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3028 ExprResult 3029 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3030 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3031 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3032 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3033 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3034 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3035 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3036 LookupResult &R, 3037 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3038 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3039 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3040 LookupResult &R, 3041 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3042 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3043 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3044 const LookupResult &R, 3045 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3046 3047 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3048 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3049 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3050 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3051 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3052 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3053 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3054 3055 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3056 LookupResult &R, 3057 bool NeedsADL); 3058 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3059 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3060 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3061 3062 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3063 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3064 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3065 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3066 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3067 3068 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3069 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3070 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3071 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3072 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3073 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3074 SourceLocation R, 3075 MultiExprArg Val); 3076 3077 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3078 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3079 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3080 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3081 3082 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3083 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3084 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3085 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3086 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3087 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3088 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3089 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3090 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3091 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3092 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3093 Expr **Exprs, 3094 unsigned NumAssocs); 3095 3096 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3097 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3098 Expr *InputExpr); 3099 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3100 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3101 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3102 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3103 3104 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3105 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3106 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3107 SourceRange R); 3108 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3109 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3110 ExprResult 3111 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3112 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3113 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3114 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3115 3116 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3117 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3118 3119 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3120 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3121 SourceRange ExprRange, 3122 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3123 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3124 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3125 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3126 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3127 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3128 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3129 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3130 3131 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3132 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3133 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3134 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3135 3136 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3137 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3138 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3139 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3140 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3141 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3142 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3143 3144 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3145 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3146 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3147 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3148 // defines a custom operator->). 3149 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3150 Scope *S; 3151 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3152 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3153 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3154 }; 3155 3156 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3157 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3158 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3159 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3160 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3161 LookupResult &R, 3162 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3163 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3164 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3165 3166 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3167 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3168 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3169 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3170 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3171 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3172 3173 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3174 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3175 const LookupResult &R); 3176 3177 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3178 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3179 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3180 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3181 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3182 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3183 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3184 3185 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3186 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3187 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3188 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3189 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3190 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3191 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3192 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3193 3194 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3195 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3196 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3197 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3198 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3199 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3200 bool ExecConfig = false); 3201 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3202 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3203 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3204 3205 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3206 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3207 /// locations. 3208 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3209 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3210 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3211 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3212 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3213 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3214 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3215 Expr *Config = 0, 3216 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3217 3218 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3219 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3220 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3221 3222 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3223 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3224 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3225 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3226 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3227 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3228 Expr *Op); 3229 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3230 3231 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3232 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3233 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3234 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3235 3236 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3237 3238 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3239 ParsedType Ty, 3240 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3241 Expr *InitExpr); 3242 3243 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3244 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3245 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3246 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3247 3248 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3249 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3250 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3251 3252 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3253 SourceLocation Loc, 3254 bool GNUSyntax, 3255 ExprResult Init); 3256 3257 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3258 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3259 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3260 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3261 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3262 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3263 3264 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3265 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3266 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3267 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3268 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3269 3270 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3271 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3272 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3273 3274 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3275 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3276 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3277 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3278 3279 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3280 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3281 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3282 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3283 union { 3284 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3285 Expr *E; 3286 } U; 3287 }; 3288 3289 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3290 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3291 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3292 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3293 unsigned NumComponents, 3294 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3295 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3296 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3297 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3298 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3299 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3300 unsigned NumComponents, 3301 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3302 3303 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3304 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3305 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3306 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3307 3308 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3309 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3310 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3311 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3312 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3313 3314 // __null 3315 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3316 3317 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3318 3319 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3320 enum IfExistsResult { 3321 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3322 IER_Exists, 3323 3324 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3325 IER_DoesNotExist, 3326 3327 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3328 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3329 IER_Dependent, 3330 3331 /// \brief An error occurred. 3332 IER_Error 3333 }; 3334 3335 IfExistsResult 3336 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3337 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3338 3339 IfExistsResult 3340 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3341 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3342 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3343 3344 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3345 bool IsIfExists, 3346 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3347 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3348 Stmt *Nested); 3349 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3350 bool IsIfExists, 3351 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3352 Stmt *Nested); 3353 3354 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3355 3356 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3357 /// started. 3358 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3359 3360 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3361 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3362 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3363 Scope *CurScope); 3364 3365 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3366 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3367 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3368 3369 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3370 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3371 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3372 Scope *CurScope); 3373 3374 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3375 3376 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3377 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3378 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3379 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3380 3381 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3382 3383 // Act on C++ namespaces 3384 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3385 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3386 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3387 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3388 SourceLocation LBrace, 3389 AttributeList *AttrList); 3390 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3391 3392 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3393 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3394 3395 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3396 3397 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3398 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3399 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3400 3401 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3402 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3403 /// 3404 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3405 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3406 3407 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3408 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3409 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3410 3411 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3412 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3413 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3414 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3415 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3416 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3417 AttributeList *AttrList); 3418 3419 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3420 3421 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3422 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3423 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3424 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3425 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3426 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3427 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3428 3429 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3430 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3431 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3432 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3433 NamedDecl *Target); 3434 3435 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3436 bool isTypeName, 3437 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3438 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3439 const LookupResult &Previous); 3440 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3441 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3442 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3443 3444 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3445 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3446 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3447 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3448 AttributeList *AttrList, 3449 bool IsInstantiation, 3450 bool IsTypeName, 3451 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3452 3453 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3454 3455 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3456 AccessSpecifier AS, 3457 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3458 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3459 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3460 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3461 AttributeList *AttrList, 3462 bool IsTypeName, 3463 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3464 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3465 AccessSpecifier AS, 3466 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3467 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3468 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3469 AttributeList *AttrList, 3470 TypeResult Type); 3471 3472 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3473 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3474 /// 3475 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3476 ExprResult 3477 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3478 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3479 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3480 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3481 SourceRange ParenRange); 3482 3483 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3484 // the constructor can be elidable? 3485 ExprResult 3486 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3487 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3488 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3489 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3490 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3491 3492 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3493 /// the default expr if needed. 3494 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3495 FunctionDecl *FD, 3496 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3497 3498 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3499 /// constructed variable. 3500 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3501 3502 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3503 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3504 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3505 // Pointer to allow copying 3506 Sema *Self; 3507 // We order exception specifications thus: 3508 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3509 // throw() comes next. 3510 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3511 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3512 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3513 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3514 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3515 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3516 3517 void ClearExceptions() { 3518 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3519 Exceptions.clear(); 3520 } 3521 3522 public: 3523 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3524 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3525 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3526 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3527 } 3528 3529 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3530 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3531 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3532 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3533 return ComputedEST; 3534 } 3535 3536 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3537 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3538 3539 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3540 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3541 3542 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3543 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3544 3545 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3546 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3547 3548 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3549 /// computed exception specification. 3550 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3551 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3552 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3553 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3554 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3555 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3556 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3557 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3558 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3559 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3560 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3561 tok::kw_false).take(); 3562 } 3563 } 3564 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3565 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3566 getEPI(EPI); 3567 return EPI; 3568 } 3569 }; 3570 3571 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3572 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3573 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3574 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3575 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3576 3577 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3578 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3579 /// will be const. 3580 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3581 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3582 3583 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3584 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3585 /// parameter will be const. 3586 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3587 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3588 3589 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3590 /// constructor of a class will have. 3591 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3592 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3593 3594 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3595 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3596 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3597 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3598 3599 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3600 /// destructor of a class will have. 3601 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3602 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3603 3604 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3605 /// constructor of a class will have. 3606 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3607 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3608 3609 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3610 /// special member function. 3611 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3612 3613 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3614 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3615 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3616 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3617 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3618 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3619 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3620 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3621 3622 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3623 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3624 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3625 bool Diagnose = false); 3626 3627 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3628 /// 3629 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3630 /// default constructor will be added. 3631 /// 3632 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3633 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3634 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3635 3636 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3637 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3638 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3639 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3640 3641 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3642 /// 3643 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3644 /// destructor will be added. 3645 /// 3646 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3647 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3648 3649 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3650 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3651 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3652 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3653 3654 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3655 /// 3656 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3657 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3658 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3659 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3660 3661 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3662 /// 3663 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3664 /// constructors will be added. 3665 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3666 3667 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3668 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3669 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3670 3671 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3672 /// 3673 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3674 /// copy constructor will be added. 3675 /// 3676 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3677 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3678 3679 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3680 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3681 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3682 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3683 3684 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3685 /// 3686 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3687 /// move constructor will be added. 3688 /// 3689 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3690 /// declared. 3691 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3692 3693 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3694 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3695 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3696 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3697 3698 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3699 /// 3700 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3701 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3702 /// 3703 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3704 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3705 3706 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3707 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3708 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3709 3710 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3711 /// 3712 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3713 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3714 /// 3715 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3716 /// wasn't declared. 3717 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3718 3719 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3720 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3721 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3722 3723 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3724 /// class. 3725 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3726 3727 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3728 /// special member function. 3729 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3730 3731 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3732 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3733 /// 3734 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3735 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3736 3737 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3738 /// member function. 3739 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3740 3741 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3742 /// static member function. 3743 /// 3744 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3745 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3746 3747 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3748 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3749 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3750 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3751 3752 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3753 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3754 SourceLocation Loc, 3755 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3756 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3757 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3758 3759 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3760 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3761 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3762 3763 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3764 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3765 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3766 ParsedType ObjectType, 3767 bool EnteringContext); 3768 3769 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3770 3771 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3772 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3773 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3774 3775 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3776 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3777 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3778 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3779 Declarator &D, 3780 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3781 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3782 Expr *E, 3783 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3784 3785 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3786 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3787 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3788 Expr *E, 3789 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3790 SourceRange Parens); 3791 3792 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3793 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3794 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3795 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3796 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3797 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3798 Expr *Operand, 3799 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3800 3801 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3802 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3803 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3804 void *TyOrExpr, 3805 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3806 3807 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3808 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3809 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3810 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3811 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3812 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3813 Expr *Operand, 3814 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3815 3816 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3817 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3818 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3819 void *TyOrExpr, 3820 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3821 3822 3823 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3824 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3825 3826 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3827 /// 3828 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3829 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3830 3831 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3832 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3833 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3834 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3835 3836 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3837 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3838 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3839 Sema &S; 3840 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3841 bool Enabled; 3842 3843 public: 3844 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3845 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3846 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3847 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3848 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3849 bool Enabled = true); 3850 3851 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3852 }; 3853 3854 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3855 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3856 /// 3857 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3858 /// 3859 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3860 /// capture list. 3861 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3862 3863 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3864 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3865 /// being defined. 3866 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3867 3868 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3869 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3870 3871 3872 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3873 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3874 3875 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3876 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3877 3878 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3879 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3880 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3881 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3882 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3883 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3884 3885 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3886 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3887 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3888 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3889 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3890 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3891 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3892 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3893 3894 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3895 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3896 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3897 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3898 3899 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3900 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3901 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3902 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3903 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3904 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3905 Expr *Initializer); 3906 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3907 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3908 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3909 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3910 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3911 QualType AllocType, 3912 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3913 Expr *ArraySize, 3914 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3915 Expr *Initializer, 3916 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3917 3918 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3919 SourceRange R); 3920 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3921 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3922 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3923 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3924 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3925 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3926 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3927 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3928 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3929 bool Diagnose = true); 3930 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3931 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3932 QualType Argument, 3933 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3934 3935 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3936 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3937 bool Diagnose = true); 3938 3939 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3940 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3941 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3942 Expr *Operand); 3943 3944 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3945 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3946 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3947 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3948 3949 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3950 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3951 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3952 SourceLocation RParen); 3953 3954 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3955 /// pseudo-functions. 3956 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3957 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3958 ParsedType Ty, 3959 SourceLocation RParen); 3960 3961 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3962 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3963 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3964 SourceLocation RParen); 3965 3966 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3967 /// pseudo-functions. 3968 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3969 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3970 ParsedType LhsTy, 3971 ParsedType RhsTy, 3972 SourceLocation RParen); 3973 3974 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3975 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3976 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3977 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3978 SourceLocation RParen); 3979 3980 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3981 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3982 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3983 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3984 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3985 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3986 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3987 3988 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3989 /// pseudo-functions. 3990 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3991 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3992 ParsedType LhsTy, 3993 Expr *DimExpr, 3994 SourceLocation RParen); 3995 3996 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3997 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3998 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3999 Expr *DimExpr, 4000 SourceLocation RParen); 4001 4002 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4003 /// pseudo-functions. 4004 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4005 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4006 Expr *Queried, 4007 SourceLocation RParen); 4008 4009 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4010 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4011 Expr *Queried, 4012 SourceLocation RParen); 4013 4014 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4015 Expr *Base, 4016 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4017 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4018 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4019 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4020 4021 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4022 4023 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4024 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4025 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4026 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4027 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4028 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4029 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4030 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4031 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4032 4033 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4034 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4035 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4036 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4037 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4038 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4039 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4040 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4041 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4042 4043 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4044 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4045 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4046 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4047 const DeclSpec& DS, 4048 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4049 4050 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4051 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4052 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4053 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4054 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4055 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4056 4057 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4058 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4059 : SourceLocation()); 4060 } 4061 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4062 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4063 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4064 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4065 4066 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4067 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4068 4069 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4070 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4071 bool EnteringContext = false); 4072 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4073 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4074 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4075 4076 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4077 /// 4078 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4079 /// 4080 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4081 /// 4082 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4083 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4084 /// 4085 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4086 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4087 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4088 4089 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4090 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4091 4092 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4093 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4094 IdentifierInfo &II, 4095 ParsedType ObjectType); 4096 4097 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4098 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4099 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4100 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4101 QualType ObjectType, 4102 bool EnteringContext, 4103 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4104 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4105 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4106 4107 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4108 /// 4109 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4110 /// 4111 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4112 /// 4113 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4114 /// 4115 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4116 /// 4117 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4118 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4119 /// 4120 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4121 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4122 /// 4123 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4124 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4125 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4126 /// including this new type). 4127 /// 4128 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4129 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4130 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4131 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4132 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4133 ParsedType ObjectType, 4134 bool EnteringContext, 4135 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4136 4137 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4138 4139 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4140 const DeclSpec &DS, 4141 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4142 4143 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4144 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4145 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4146 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4147 ParsedType ObjectType, 4148 bool EnteringContext); 4149 4150 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4151 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4152 /// 4153 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4154 /// 4155 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4156 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4157 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4158 /// including this new type). 4159 /// 4160 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4161 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4162 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4163 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4164 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4165 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4166 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4167 /// 4168 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4169 /// nested-name-specifier. 4170 /// 4171 /// 4172 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4173 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4174 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4175 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4176 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4177 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4178 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4179 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4180 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4181 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4182 bool EnteringContext); 4183 4184 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4185 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4186 /// nested-name-specifier. 4187 /// 4188 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4189 /// 4190 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4191 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4192 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4193 4194 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4195 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4196 /// 4197 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4198 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4199 /// 4200 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4201 /// 4202 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4203 /// of the annotation pointer. 4204 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4205 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4206 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4207 4208 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4209 4210 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4211 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4212 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4213 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4214 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4215 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4216 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4217 4218 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4219 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4220 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4221 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4222 /// defining scope. 4223 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4224 4225 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4226 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4227 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4228 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4229 /// class X. 4230 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4231 4232 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4233 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4234 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4235 4236 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4237 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4238 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4239 bool KnownDependent); 4240 4241 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4242 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4243 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4244 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4245 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4246 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4247 4248 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4249 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4250 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4251 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4252 bool ExplicitParams, 4253 bool ExplicitResultType, 4254 bool Mutable); 4255 4256 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4257 /// given lambda. 4258 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4259 4260 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4261 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4262 4263 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4264 /// statements present in the body. 4265 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4266 4267 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4268 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4269 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4270 /// lambda. 4271 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4272 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4273 4274 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4275 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4276 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4277 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4278 4279 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4280 /// was successfully completed. 4281 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4282 Scope *CurScope, 4283 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4284 4285 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4286 /// function pointer. 4287 /// 4288 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4289 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4290 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4291 /// block pointer conversion. 4292 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4293 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4294 4295 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4296 /// block pointer. 4297 /// 4298 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4299 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4300 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4301 /// block pointer conversion. 4302 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4303 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4304 4305 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4306 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4307 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4308 Expr *Src); 4309 4310 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4311 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4312 Expr **Strings, 4313 unsigned NumStrings); 4314 4315 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4316 4317 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4318 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4319 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4320 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4321 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4322 bool Value); 4323 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4324 4325 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4326 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4327 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4328 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4329 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4330 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4331 4332 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4333 Expr *IndexExpr, 4334 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4335 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4336 4337 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4338 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4339 unsigned NumElements); 4340 4341 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4342 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4343 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4344 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4345 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4346 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4347 4348 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4349 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4350 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4351 ParsedType Ty, 4352 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4353 4354 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4355 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4356 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4357 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4358 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4359 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4360 4361 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4362 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4363 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4364 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4365 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4366 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4367 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4368 4369 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4370 // C++ Declarations 4371 // 4372 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4373 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4374 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4375 StringRef Lang, 4376 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4377 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4378 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4379 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4380 4381 4382 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4383 // C++ Classes 4384 // 4385 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4386 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4387 4388 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4389 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4390 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4391 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4392 4393 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4394 Declarator &D, 4395 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4396 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4397 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4398 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4399 Expr *Init); 4400 4401 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4402 Scope *S, 4403 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4404 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4405 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4406 const DeclSpec &DS, 4407 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4408 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4409 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4410 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4411 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4412 4413 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4414 Scope *S, 4415 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4416 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4417 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4418 const DeclSpec &DS, 4419 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4420 Expr *InitList, 4421 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4422 4423 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4424 Scope *S, 4425 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4426 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4427 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4428 const DeclSpec &DS, 4429 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4430 Expr *Init, 4431 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4432 4433 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4434 Expr *Init, 4435 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4436 4437 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4438 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4439 Expr *Init, 4440 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4441 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4442 4443 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4444 Expr *Init, 4445 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4446 4447 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4448 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4449 4450 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4451 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = 4452 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>()); 4453 4454 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4455 4456 4457 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4458 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4459 /// referenced. 4460 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4461 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4462 4463 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4464 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4465 /// first use occurred. 4466 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4467 4468 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4469 /// materialized. 4470 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4471 4472 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4473 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4474 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4475 /// by code generation). 4476 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4477 4478 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4479 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4480 4481 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4482 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4483 DynamicClassesType; 4484 4485 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4486 /// unit. 4487 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4488 4489 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4490 /// given location. 4491 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4492 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4493 4494 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4495 /// in the given class as needed. 4496 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4497 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4498 4499 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4500 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4501 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4502 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4503 4504 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4505 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4506 /// vtables. 4507 /// 4508 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4509 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4510 4511 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4512 4513 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4514 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4515 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4516 bool AnyErrors); 4517 4518 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4519 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4520 Decl *TagDecl, 4521 SourceLocation LBrac, 4522 SourceLocation RBrac, 4523 AttributeList *AttrList); 4524 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4525 4526 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4527 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4528 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4529 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4530 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4531 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4532 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4533 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4534 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4535 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4536 4537 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4538 Expr *AssertExpr, 4539 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4540 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4541 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4542 Expr *AssertExpr, 4543 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4544 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4545 bool Failed); 4546 4547 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4548 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4549 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4550 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4551 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4552 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4553 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4554 4555 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4556 StorageClass& SC); 4557 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4558 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4559 StorageClass& SC); 4560 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4561 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4562 StorageClass& SC); 4563 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4564 4565 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4566 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4567 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4568 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4569 4570 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4571 // C++ Derived Classes 4572 // 4573 4574 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4575 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4576 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4577 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4578 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4579 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4580 4581 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4582 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4583 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4584 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4585 ParsedType basetype, 4586 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4587 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4588 4589 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4590 unsigned NumBases); 4591 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4592 unsigned NumBases); 4593 4594 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4595 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4596 4597 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4598 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4599 4600 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4601 4602 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4603 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4604 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4605 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4606 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4607 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4608 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4609 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4610 DeclarationName Name, 4611 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4612 4613 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4614 4615 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4616 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4617 4618 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4619 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4620 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4621 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4622 4623 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4624 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4625 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4626 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4627 4628 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4629 4630 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4631 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4632 4633 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4634 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4635 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4636 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4637 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4638 4639 4640 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4641 // C++ Access Control 4642 // 4643 4644 enum AccessResult { 4645 AR_accessible, 4646 AR_inaccessible, 4647 AR_dependent, 4648 AR_delayed 4649 }; 4650 4651 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4652 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4653 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4654 4655 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4656 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4657 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4658 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4659 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4660 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4661 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4662 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4663 bool Diagnose = true); 4664 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4665 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4666 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4667 AccessSpecifier Access, 4668 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4669 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4670 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4671 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4672 AccessSpecifier Access, 4673 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4674 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4675 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4676 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4677 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4678 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4679 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4680 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4681 Expr *ArgExpr, 4682 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4683 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4684 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4685 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4686 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4687 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4688 unsigned DiagID, 4689 bool ForceCheck = false, 4690 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4691 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4692 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4693 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4694 AccessSpecifier access, 4695 QualType objectType); 4696 4697 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4698 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4699 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4700 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4701 4702 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4703 4704 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4705 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4706 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4707 4708 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4709 AbstractNone = -1, 4710 AbstractReturnType, 4711 AbstractParamType, 4712 AbstractVariableType, 4713 AbstractFieldType, 4714 AbstractIvarType, 4715 AbstractArrayType 4716 }; 4717 4718 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4719 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4720 template<typename T1> 4721 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4722 unsigned DiagID, 4723 const T1 &Arg1) { 4724 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4725 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4726 } 4727 4728 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4729 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4730 unsigned DiagID, 4731 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4732 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4733 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4734 } 4735 4736 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4737 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4738 unsigned DiagID, 4739 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4740 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4741 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4742 } 4743 4744 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4745 4746 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4747 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4748 4749 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4750 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4751 // 4752 4753 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4754 4755 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4756 4757 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4758 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4759 // 4760 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4761 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4762 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4763 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4764 4765 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4766 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4767 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4768 4769 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4770 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4771 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4772 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4773 ParsedType ObjectType, 4774 bool EnteringContext, 4775 TemplateTy &Template, 4776 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4777 4778 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4779 SourceLocation IILoc, 4780 Scope *S, 4781 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4782 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4783 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4784 4785 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4786 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4787 4788 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4789 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4790 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4791 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4792 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4793 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4794 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4795 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4796 4797 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4798 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4799 unsigned Depth, 4800 unsigned Position, 4801 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4802 Expr *DefaultArg); 4803 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4804 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4805 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4806 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4807 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4808 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4809 unsigned Depth, 4810 unsigned Position, 4811 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4812 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4813 4814 TemplateParameterList * 4815 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4816 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4817 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4818 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4819 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4820 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4821 4822 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4823 /// list. 4824 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4825 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4826 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4827 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4828 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4829 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4830 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4831 }; 4832 4833 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4834 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4835 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4836 TemplateParameterList * 4837 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4838 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4839 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4840 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4841 unsigned NumParamLists, 4842 bool IsFriend, 4843 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4844 bool &Invalid); 4845 4846 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4847 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4848 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4849 AttributeList *Attr, 4850 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4851 AccessSpecifier AS, 4852 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4853 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4854 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4855 4856 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4857 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4858 4859 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4860 4861 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4862 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4863 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4864 4865 TypeResult 4866 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4867 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4868 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4869 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4870 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4871 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4872 4873 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4874 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4875 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4876 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4877 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4878 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4879 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4880 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4881 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4882 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4883 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4884 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4885 4886 4887 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4888 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4889 LookupResult &R, 4890 bool RequiresADL, 4891 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4892 4893 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4894 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4895 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4896 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4897 4898 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4899 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4900 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4901 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4902 ParsedType ObjectType, 4903 bool EnteringContext, 4904 TemplateTy &Template); 4905 4906 DeclResult 4907 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4908 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4909 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4910 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4911 TemplateTy Template, 4912 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4913 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4914 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4915 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4916 AttributeList *Attr, 4917 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4918 4919 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4920 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4921 Declarator &D); 4922 4923 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4924 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4925 Declarator &D); 4926 4927 bool 4928 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4929 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4930 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4931 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4932 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4933 bool &SuppressNew); 4934 4935 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4936 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4937 LookupResult &Previous); 4938 4939 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4940 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4941 LookupResult &Previous); 4942 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4943 4944 DeclResult 4945 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4946 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4947 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4948 unsigned TagSpec, 4949 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4950 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4951 TemplateTy Template, 4952 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4953 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4954 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4955 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4956 AttributeList *Attr); 4957 4958 DeclResult 4959 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4960 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4961 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4962 unsigned TagSpec, 4963 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4964 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4965 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4966 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4967 AttributeList *Attr); 4968 4969 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4970 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4971 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4972 Declarator &D); 4973 4974 TemplateArgumentLoc 4975 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4976 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4977 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4978 Decl *Param, 4979 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4980 4981 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4982 /// argument is being checked. 4983 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4984 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4985 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4986 CTAK_Specified, 4987 4988 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4989 /// deduction. 4990 CTAK_Deduced, 4991 4992 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4993 /// via template argument deduction. 4994 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4995 }; 4996 4997 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4998 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4999 NamedDecl *Template, 5000 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5001 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5002 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5003 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5004 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5005 5006 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5007 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5008 /// 5009 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5010 /// provided. 5011 /// 5012 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5013 /// 5014 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5015 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5016 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5017 /// arguments. 5018 /// 5019 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5020 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5021 /// set of template arguments. 5022 /// 5023 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5024 /// arguments. 5025 /// 5026 /// 5027 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5028 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5029 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5030 /// 5031 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5032 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5033 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5034 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5035 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5036 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5037 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5038 5039 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5040 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5041 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5042 5043 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5044 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5045 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5046 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5047 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5048 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5049 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5050 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5051 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5052 5053 ExprResult 5054 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5055 QualType ParamType, 5056 SourceLocation Loc); 5057 ExprResult 5058 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5059 SourceLocation Loc); 5060 5061 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5062 /// for equality. 5063 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5064 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5065 /// that might be redeclarations. 5066 /// 5067 /// \code 5068 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5069 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5070 /// \endcode 5071 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5072 5073 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5074 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5075 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5076 /// 5077 /// \code 5078 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5079 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5080 /// \endcode 5081 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5082 5083 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5084 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5085 /// template parameter. 5086 /// 5087 /// \code 5088 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5089 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5090 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5091 /// \endcode 5092 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5093 }; 5094 5095 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5096 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5097 bool Complain, 5098 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5099 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5100 = SourceLocation()); 5101 5102 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5103 5104 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5105 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5106 /// 5107 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5108 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5109 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5110 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5111 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5112 TypeResult 5113 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5114 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5115 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5116 5117 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5118 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5119 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5120 /// 5121 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5122 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5123 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5124 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5125 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5126 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5127 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5128 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5129 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5130 TypeResult 5131 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5132 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5133 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5134 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5135 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5136 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5137 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5138 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5139 5140 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5141 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5142 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5143 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5144 SourceLocation IILoc); 5145 5146 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5147 SourceLocation Loc, 5148 DeclarationName Name); 5149 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5150 5151 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5152 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5153 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5154 5155 std::string 5156 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5157 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5158 5159 std::string 5160 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5161 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5162 unsigned NumArgs); 5163 5164 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5165 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5166 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5167 5168 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5169 /// being diagnosed. 5170 /// 5171 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5172 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5173 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5174 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5175 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5176 5177 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5178 UPPC_BaseType, 5179 5180 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5181 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5182 5183 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5184 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5185 5186 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5187 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5188 5189 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5190 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5191 5192 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5193 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5194 5195 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5196 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5197 5198 /// \brief A using declaration. 5199 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5200 5201 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5202 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5203 5204 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5205 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5206 5207 /// \brief An initializer. 5208 UPPC_Initializer, 5209 5210 /// \brief A default argument. 5211 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5212 5213 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5214 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5215 5216 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5217 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5218 5219 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5220 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5221 5222 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5223 UPPC_IfExists, 5224 5225 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5226 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5227 5228 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5229 UPPC_Lambda, 5230 5231 /// \brief Block expression, 5232 UPPC_Block 5233}; 5234 5235 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5236 /// 5237 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5238 /// 5239 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5240 /// parameter packs. 5241 /// 5242 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5243 /// 5244 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5245 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5246 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5247 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5248 5249 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5250 /// diagnose the error. 5251 /// 5252 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5253 /// 5254 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5255 /// packs. 5256 /// 5257 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5258 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5259 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5260 5261 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5262 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5263 /// 5264 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5265 /// parameter packs. 5266 /// 5267 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5268 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5269 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5270 5271 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5272 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5273 /// 5274 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5275 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5276 /// 5277 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5278 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5279 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5280 5281 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5282 /// diagnose the error. 5283 /// 5284 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5285 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5286 /// 5287 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5288 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5289 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5290 5291 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5292 /// diagnose the error. 5293 /// 5294 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5295 /// 5296 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5297 /// parameter packs. 5298 /// 5299 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5300 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5301 TemplateName Template, 5302 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5303 5304 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5305 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5306 /// 5307 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5308 /// parameter packs. 5309 /// 5310 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5311 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5312 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5313 5314 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5315 /// template argument. 5316 /// 5317 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5318 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5319 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5320 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5321 5322 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5323 /// template argument. 5324 /// 5325 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5326 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5327 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5328 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5329 5330 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5331 /// type. 5332 /// 5333 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5334 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5335 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5336 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5337 5338 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5339 /// type. 5340 /// 5341 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5342 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5343 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5344 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5345 5346 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5347 /// nested-name-specifier. 5348 /// 5349 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5350 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5351 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5352 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5353 5354 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5355 /// name. 5356 /// 5357 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5358 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5359 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5360 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5361 5362 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5363 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5364 /// 5365 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5366 /// may already be invalid. 5367 /// 5368 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5369 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5370 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5371 5372 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5373 /// creates a pack expansion. 5374 /// 5375 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5376 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5377 /// 5378 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5379 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5380 5381 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5382 /// expansion. 5383 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5384 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5385 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5386 5387 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5388 /// expansion. 5389 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5390 SourceRange PatternRange, 5391 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5392 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5393 5394 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5395 /// creates a pack expansion. 5396 /// 5397 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5398 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5399 /// 5400 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5401 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5402 5403 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5404 /// creates a pack expansion. 5405 /// 5406 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5407 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5408 /// 5409 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5410 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5411 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5412 5413 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5414 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5415 /// transforming the pattern. 5416 /// 5417 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5418 /// pack expansion. 5419 /// 5420 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5421 /// the pack expansion. 5422 /// 5423 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5424 /// pattern. 5425 /// 5426 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5427 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5428 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5429 /// 5430 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5431 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5432 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5433 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5434 /// 5435 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5436 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5437 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5438 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5439 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5440 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5441 /// set this value in other cases. 5442 /// 5443 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5444 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5445 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5446 /// must be set. 5447 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5448 SourceRange PatternRange, 5449 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5450 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5451 bool &ShouldExpand, 5452 bool &RetainExpansion, 5453 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5454 5455 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5456 /// type. 5457 /// 5458 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5459 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5460 /// 5461 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5462 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5463 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5464 5465 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5466 /// parameter packs. 5467 /// 5468 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5469 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5470 /// 5471 /// \code 5472 /// void f(T...); 5473 /// \endcode 5474 /// 5475 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5476 /// a variadic function. 5477 /// 5478 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5479 /// false otherwise. 5480 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5481 5482 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5483 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5484 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5485 5486 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5487 /// 5488 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5489 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5490 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5491 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5492 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5493 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5494 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5495 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5496 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5497 TDK_Success = 0, 5498 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5499 TDK_Invalid, 5500 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5501 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5502 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5503 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5504 /// for every template parameter. 5505 TDK_Incomplete, 5506 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5507 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5508 TDK_Inconsistent, 5509 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5510 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5511 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5512 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5513 TDK_Underqualified, 5514 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5515 /// resulted in an error. 5516 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5517 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5518 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5519 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5520 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5521 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5522 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5523 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5524 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5525 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5526 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5527 /// template arguments for the given template. 5528 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5529 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5530 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5531 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5532 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5533 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5534 }; 5535 5536 TemplateDeductionResult 5537 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5538 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5539 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5540 5541 TemplateDeductionResult 5542 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5543 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5544 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5545 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5546 QualType *FunctionType, 5547 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5548 5549 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5550 // deduction for a call. 5551 struct OriginalCallArg { 5552 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5553 unsigned ArgIdx, 5554 QualType OriginalArgType) 5555 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5556 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5557 5558 QualType OriginalParamType; 5559 unsigned ArgIdx; 5560 QualType OriginalArgType; 5561 }; 5562 5563 TemplateDeductionResult 5564 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5565 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5566 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5567 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5568 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5569 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5570 5571 TemplateDeductionResult 5572 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5573 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5574 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5575 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5576 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5577 5578 TemplateDeductionResult 5579 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5580 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5581 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5582 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5583 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5584 5585 TemplateDeductionResult 5586 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5587 QualType ToType, 5588 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5589 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5590 5591 TemplateDeductionResult 5592 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5593 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5594 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5595 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5596 5597 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5598 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5599 DAR_Succeeded, 5600 DAR_Failed, 5601 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5602 }; 5603 5604 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5605 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5606 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5607 5608 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5609 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5610 SourceLocation Loc, 5611 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5612 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5613 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5614 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5615 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5616 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5617 SourceLocation Loc, 5618 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5619 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5620 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5621 bool Complain = true, 5622 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5623 5624 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5625 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5626 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5627 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5628 SourceLocation Loc); 5629 5630 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5631 bool OnlyDeduced, 5632 unsigned Depth, 5633 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5634 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5635 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5636 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5637 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5638 } 5639 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5640 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5641 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5642 5643 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5644 // C++ Template Instantiation 5645 // 5646 5647 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5648 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5649 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5650 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5651 5652 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5653 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5654 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5655 enum InstantiationKind { 5656 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5657 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5658 TemplateInstantiation, 5659 5660 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5661 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5662 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5663 /// arguments as specified. 5664 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5665 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5666 5667 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5668 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5669 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5670 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5671 5672 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5673 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5674 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5675 5676 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5677 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5678 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5679 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5680 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5681 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5682 5683 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5684 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5685 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5686 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5687 5688 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5689 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5690 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5691 5692 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5693 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5694 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5695 } Kind; 5696 5697 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5698 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5699 5700 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5701 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5702 /// arguments. 5703 NamedDecl *Template; 5704 5705 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5706 Decl *Entity; 5707 5708 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5709 /// are not part of the entity. 5710 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5711 5712 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5713 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5714 5715 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5716 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5717 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5718 5719 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5720 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5721 /// template instantiation. 5722 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5723 5724 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5725 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5726 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5727 5728 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5729 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5730 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5731 5732 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5733 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5734 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5735 return false; 5736 5737 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5738 return false; 5739 5740 switch (X.Kind) { 5741 case TemplateInstantiation: 5742 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5743 return true; 5744 5745 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5746 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5747 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5748 return false; 5749 5750 // Fall through 5751 5752 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5753 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5754 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5755 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5756 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5757 5758 } 5759 5760 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5761 } 5762 5763 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5764 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5765 return !(X == Y); 5766 } 5767 }; 5768 5769 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5770 /// 5771 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5772 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5773 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5774 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5775 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5776 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5777 5778 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5779 /// template instantiation. 5780 /// 5781 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5782 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5783 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5784 5785 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5786 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5787 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5788 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5789 5790 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5791 /// error or warning was produced. 5792 /// 5793 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5794 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5795 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5796 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5797 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5798 5799 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5800 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5801 /// 5802 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5803 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5804 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5805 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5806 5807 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5808 /// within a \c Sema object. 5809 /// 5810 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5811 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5812 Sema &Self; 5813 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5814 5815 public: 5816 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5817 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5818 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5819 } 5820 5821 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5822 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5823 } 5824 }; 5825 5826 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5827 5828 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5829 /// 5830 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5831 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5832 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5833 5834 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5835 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5836 /// deduction. 5837 /// 5838 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5839 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5840 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5841 5842 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5843 /// instantiation. 5844 /// 5845 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5846 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5847 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5848 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5849 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5850 /// 5851 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5852 /// the stack. 5853 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5854 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5855 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5856 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5857 Decl *Entity, 5858 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5859 5860 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5861 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5862 /// of a function template. 5863 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5864 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5865 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5866 5867 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5868 /// template-id. 5869 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5870 TemplateDecl *Template, 5871 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5872 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5873 5874 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5875 /// template-id. 5876 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5877 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5878 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5879 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5880 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5881 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5882 5883 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5884 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5885 /// specialization. 5886 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5887 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5888 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5889 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5890 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5891 5892 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5893 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5894 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5895 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5896 5897 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5898 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5899 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5900 NamedDecl *Template, 5901 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5902 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5903 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5904 5905 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5906 NamedDecl *Template, 5907 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5908 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5909 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5910 5911 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5912 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5913 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5914 TemplateDecl *Template, 5915 NamedDecl *Param, 5916 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5917 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5918 5919 5920 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5921 void Clear(); 5922 5923 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5924 5925 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5926 /// recursive template instantiations. 5927 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5928 5929 private: 5930 Sema &SemaRef; 5931 bool Invalid; 5932 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5933 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5934 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5935 5936 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5937 5938 InstantiatingTemplate& 5939 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5940 }; 5941 5942 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5943 5944 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5945 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5946 /// errors. 5947 /// 5948 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5949 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5950 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5951 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5952 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5953 5954 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5955 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5956 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5957 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5958 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5959 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5960 } 5961 5962 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5963 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5964 /// deduction.` 5965 class SFINAETrap { 5966 Sema &SemaRef; 5967 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5968 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5969 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5970 5971 public: 5972 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5973 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5974 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5975 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5976 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5977 { 5978 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5979 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5980 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5981 } 5982 5983 ~SFINAETrap() { 5984 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5985 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5986 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5987 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5988 } 5989 5990 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5991 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5992 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5993 } 5994 }; 5995 5996 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5997 /// variables. 5998 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5999 6000 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6001 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6002 6003 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6004 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6005 6006 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6007 /// name lookup. 6008 /// 6009 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6010 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6011 /// string represents a keyword. 6012 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6013 6014 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6015 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6016 6017 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6018 /// 6019 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6020 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6021 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6022 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6023 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6024 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6025 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6026 6027 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6028 /// but have not yet been performed. 6029 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6030 6031 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6032 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6033 /// 6034 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6035 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6036 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6037 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6038 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6039 6040 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6041 6042 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6043 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6044 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6045 6046 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6047 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6048 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6049 6050 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6051 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6052 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6053 6054 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6055 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6056 SourceLocation Loc, 6057 DeclarationName Entity, 6058 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6059 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6060 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6061 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6062 int indexAdjustment, 6063 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6064 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6065 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6066 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6067 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6068 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6069 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6070 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6071 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6072 6073 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6074 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6075 /// 6076 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6077 /// 6078 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6079 /// 6080 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6081 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6082 /// 6083 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6084 /// 6085 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6086 /// 6087 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6088 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6089 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6090 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6091 6092 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6093 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6094 6095 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6096 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6097 6098 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6099 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6100 bool CXXDirectInit); 6101 6102 bool 6103 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6104 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6105 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6106 6107 bool 6108 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6109 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6110 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6111 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6112 bool Complain = true); 6113 6114 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6115 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6116 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6117 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6118 6119 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6120 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6121 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6122 Decl *NewDecl; 6123 6124 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6125 Decl *D) 6126 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6127 { } 6128 }; 6129 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6130 6131 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6132 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6133 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6134 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6135 6136 bool 6137 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6138 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6139 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6140 bool Complain = true); 6141 6142 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6143 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6144 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6145 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6146 6147 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6148 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6149 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6150 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6151 6152 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6153 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6154 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6155 6156 DeclarationNameInfo 6157 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6158 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6159 TemplateName 6160 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6161 SourceLocation Loc, 6162 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6163 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6164 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6165 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6166 6167 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6168 FunctionDecl *Function); 6169 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6170 FunctionDecl *Function, 6171 bool Recursive = false, 6172 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6173 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6174 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6175 VarDecl *Var, 6176 bool Recursive = false, 6177 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6178 6179 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6180 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6181 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6182 6183 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6184 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6185 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6186 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6187 6188 // Objective-C declarations. 6189 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6190 OCK_None = -1, 6191 OCK_Interface = 0, 6192 OCK_Protocol, 6193 OCK_Category, 6194 OCK_ClassExtension, 6195 OCK_Implementation, 6196 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6197 }; 6198 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6199 6200 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6201 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6202 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6203 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6204 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6205 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6206 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6207 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6208 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6209 AttributeList *AttrList); 6210 6211 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6212 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6213 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6214 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6215 6216 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6217 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6218 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6219 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6220 6221 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6222 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6223 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6224 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6225 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6226 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6227 AttributeList *AttrList); 6228 6229 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6230 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6231 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6232 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6233 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6234 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6235 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6236 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6237 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6238 6239 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6240 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6241 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6242 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6243 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6244 6245 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6246 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6247 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6248 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6249 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6250 6251 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6252 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6253 6254 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6255 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6256 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6257 unsigned NumElts); 6258 6259 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6260 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6261 unsigned NumElts, 6262 AttributeList *attrList); 6263 6264 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6265 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6266 unsigned NumProtocols, 6267 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6268 6269 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6270 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6271 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6272 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6273 SourceLocation Loc, 6274 unsigned &Attributes, 6275 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6276 6277 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6278 /// setters and getters as needed. 6279 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6280 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6281 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6282 /// in class extension. 6283 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6284 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6285 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6286 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6287 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6288 6289 6290 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6291 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6292 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6293 6294 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6295 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6296 6297 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6298 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6299 6300 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6301 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6302 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6303 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6304 6305 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6306 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6307 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6308 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6309 bool *OverridingProperty, 6310 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6311 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6312 6313 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6314 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6315 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6316 bool ImplKind, 6317 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6318 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6319 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6320 6321 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6322 OSMK_None, 6323 OSMK_Alloc, 6324 OSMK_New, 6325 OSMK_Copy, 6326 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6327 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6328 }; 6329 6330 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6331 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6332 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6333 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6334 // in this case. 6335 ParsedType Type; 6336 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6337 6338 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6339 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6340 }; 6341 6342 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6343 Scope *S, 6344 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6345 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6346 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6347 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6348 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6349 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6350 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6351 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6352 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6353 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6354 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6355 6356 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6357 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6358 bool IsInstance); 6359 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6360 bool IsInstance); 6361 6362 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6363 6364 ExprResult 6365 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6366 Expr *BaseExpr, 6367 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6368 DeclarationName MemberName, 6369 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6370 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6371 bool Super); 6372 6373 ExprResult 6374 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6375 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6376 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6377 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6378 6379 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6380 6381 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6382 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6383 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6384 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6385 ObjCSuperMessage, 6386 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6387 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6388 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6389 /// name. 6390 ObjCClassMessage 6391 }; 6392 6393 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6394 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6395 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6396 bool IsSuper, 6397 bool HasTrailingDot, 6398 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6399 6400 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6401 Selector Sel, 6402 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6403 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6404 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6405 MultiExprArg Args); 6406 6407 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6408 QualType ReceiverType, 6409 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6410 Selector Sel, 6411 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6412 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6413 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6414 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6415 MultiExprArg Args, 6416 bool isImplicit = false); 6417 6418 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6419 bool isSuperReceiver, 6420 SourceLocation Loc, 6421 Selector Sel, 6422 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6423 MultiExprArg Args); 6424 6425 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6426 ParsedType Receiver, 6427 Selector Sel, 6428 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6429 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6430 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6431 MultiExprArg Args); 6432 6433 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6434 QualType ReceiverType, 6435 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6436 Selector Sel, 6437 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6438 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6439 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6440 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6441 MultiExprArg Args, 6442 bool isImplicit = false); 6443 6444 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6445 QualType ReceiverType, 6446 SourceLocation Loc, 6447 Selector Sel, 6448 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6449 MultiExprArg Args); 6450 6451 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6452 Expr *Receiver, 6453 Selector Sel, 6454 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6455 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6456 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6457 MultiExprArg Args); 6458 6459 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6460 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6461 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6462 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6463 Expr *SubExpr); 6464 6465 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6466 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6467 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6468 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6469 ParsedType Type, 6470 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6471 Expr *SubExpr); 6472 6473 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6474 6475 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6476 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6477 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6478 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6479 6480 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6481 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6482 RTC_Compatible, 6483 RTC_Incompatible, 6484 RTC_Unknown 6485 }; 6486 6487 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6488 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6489 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6490 6491 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6492 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6493 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6494 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6495 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6496 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6497 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6498 }; 6499 6500 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6501 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6502 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6503 6504 enum PragmaPackKind { 6505 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6506 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6507 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6508 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6509 }; 6510 6511 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6512 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6513 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6514 }; 6515 6516 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6517 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6518 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6519 Expr *Alignment, 6520 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6521 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6522 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6523 6524 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6525 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6526 6527 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6528 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6529 Scope *curScope, 6530 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6531 6532 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6533 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6534 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6535 6536 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6537 SourceLocation Loc); 6538 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6539 6540 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6541 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6542 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6543 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6544 6545 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6546 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6547 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6548 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6549 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6550 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6551 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6552 6553 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6554 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6555 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6556 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6557 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6558 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6559 6560 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6561 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6562 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6563 6564 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6565 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6566 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6567 6568 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6569 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6570 6571 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6572 void FreePackedContext(); 6573 6574 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6575 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6576 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6577 SourceLocation Loc); 6578 6579 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6580 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6581 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6582 6583 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6584 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6585 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6586 6587 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6588 void FreeVisContext(); 6589 6590 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6591 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6592 /// the appropriate attribute. 6593 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6594 6595 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6596 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6597 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6598 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6599 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6600 6601 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6602 6603 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6604 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6605 SourceLocation Loc, 6606 Scope *CurScope, 6607 ArrayRef<DeclarationNameInfo> IdList); 6608 /// \brief Build a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and check its correctness. 6609 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6610 SourceLocation Loc, 6611 ArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *> VarList); 6612 6613 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6614 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6615 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6616 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6617 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6618 CCK_CStyleCast, 6619 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6620 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6621 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6622 CCK_OtherCast 6623 }; 6624 6625 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6626 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6627 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6628 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6629 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6630 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6631 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6632 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6633 6634 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6635 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6636 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6637 6638 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6639 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6640 /// required. 6641 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6642 6643 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6644 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6645 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6646 6647 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6648 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6649 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6650 6651 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6652 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6653 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6654 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6655 6656 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6657 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6658 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6659 // type. 6660 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6661 6662 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6663 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6664 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6665 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6666 6667 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6668 enum VariadicCallType { 6669 VariadicFunction, 6670 VariadicBlock, 6671 VariadicMethod, 6672 VariadicConstructor, 6673 VariadicDoesNotApply 6674 }; 6675 6676 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6677 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6678 Expr *Fn); 6679 6680 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6681 // vararg function. 6682 enum VarArgKind { 6683 VAK_Valid, 6684 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6685 VAK_Invalid 6686 }; 6687 6688 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6689 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6690 6691 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6692 /// form of call prototypes. 6693 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6694 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6695 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6696 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6697 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6698 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6699 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6700 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6701 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6702 6703 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6704 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6705 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6706 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6707 6708 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6709 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6710 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6711 6712 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6713 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6714 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6715 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6716 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6717 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6718 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6719 6720 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6721 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6722 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6723 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6724 /// source and destination type. 6725 enum AssignConvertType { 6726 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6727 Compatible, 6728 6729 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6730 /// accept as an extension. 6731 PointerToInt, 6732 6733 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6734 /// accept as an extension. 6735 IntToPointer, 6736 6737 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6738 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6739 FunctionVoidPointer, 6740 6741 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6742 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6743 IncompatiblePointer, 6744 6745 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6746 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6747 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6748 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6749 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6750 6751 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6752 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6753 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6754 6755 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6756 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6757 /// like address spaces. 6758 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6759 6760 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6761 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6762 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6763 /// extension. 6764 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6765 6766 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6767 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6768 IncompatibleVectors, 6769 6770 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6771 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6772 IntToBlockPointer, 6773 6774 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6775 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6776 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6777 6778 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6779 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6780 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6781 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6782 6783 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6784 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6785 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6786 6787 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6788 /// represent it in the AST. 6789 Incompatible 6790 }; 6791 6792 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6793 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6794 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6795 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6796 SourceLocation Loc, 6797 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6798 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6799 bool *Complained = 0); 6800 6801 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6802 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6803 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6804 Expr *SrcExpr); 6805 6806 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6807 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6808 /// C99 6.5.16. 6809 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6810 QualType LHSType, 6811 QualType RHSType); 6812 6813 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6814 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6815 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6816 ExprResult &RHS, 6817 CastKind &Kind); 6818 6819 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6820 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6821 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6822 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6823 ExprResult &RHS, 6824 bool Diagnose = true); 6825 6826 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6827 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6828 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6829 ExprResult &RHS); 6830 6831 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6832 6833 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6834 6835 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6836 AssignmentAction Action, 6837 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6838 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6839 AssignmentAction Action, 6840 bool AllowExplicit, 6841 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6842 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6843 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6844 AssignmentAction Action, 6845 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6846 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6847 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6848 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6849 AssignmentAction Action, 6850 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6851 6852 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6853 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6854 6855 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6856 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6857 ExprResult &RHS); 6858 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6859 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6860 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6861 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6862 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6863 bool IsDivide); 6864 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6865 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6866 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6867 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6868 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6869 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6870 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6871 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6872 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6873 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6874 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6875 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6876 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6877 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6878 bool isRelational); 6879 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6880 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6881 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6882 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6883 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6884 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6885 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6886 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6887 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6888 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6889 6890 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6891 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6892 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6893 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6894 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6895 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6896 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6897 6898 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6899 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6900 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6901 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6902 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6903 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6904 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6905 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6906 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6907 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6908 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6909 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6910 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6911 NonStandardCompositeType); 6912 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6913 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6914 return Composite; 6915 } 6916 6917 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6918 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6919 6920 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6921 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6922 6923 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6924 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6925 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6926 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6927 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6928 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6929 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6930 SourceLocation Loc); 6931 6932 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6933 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6934 6935 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6936 6937 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6938 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6939 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6940 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6941 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6942 /// reference binding is not possible. 6943 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6944 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6945 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6946 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6947 Ref_Related, 6948 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6949 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6950 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6951 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6952 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6953 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6954 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6955 Ref_Compatible 6956 }; 6957 6958 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6959 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6960 bool &DerivedToBase, 6961 bool &ObjCConversion, 6962 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6963 6964 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6965 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6966 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6967 6968 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6969 /// given type. 6970 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6971 6972 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 6973 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6974 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 6975 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 6976 6977 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6978 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6979 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6980 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6981 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6982 CastKind &Kind); 6983 6984 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6985 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6986 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6987 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6988 // returns the cast expr 6989 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6990 CastKind &Kind); 6991 6992 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6993 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6994 Expr *CastExpr, 6995 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6996 6997 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6998 6999 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7000 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7001 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7002 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7003 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7004 7005 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7006 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7007 7008 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7009 QualType ExprType); 7010 7011 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7012 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7013 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7014 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7015 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7016 7017 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7018 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7019 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7020 7021 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7022 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7023 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7024 7025 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7026 /// \param Method - May be null. 7027 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7028 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7029 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7030 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 7031 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7032 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7033 bool isSuperMessage, 7034 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7035 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7036 7037 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7038 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7039 /// and the form of the message send. 7040 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7041 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7042 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7043 7044 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7045 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7046 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7047 7048 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7049 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7050 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7051 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7052 7053 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7054 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7055 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7056 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7057 /// 7058 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7059 /// 'if' keyword. 7060 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7061 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7062 7063 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7064 Expr *SubExpr); 7065 7066 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7067 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7068 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7069 7070 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7071 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7072 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7073 7074 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7075 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7076 7077 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7078 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7079 /// the specified diagnostic. 7080 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7081 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7082 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7083 7084 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7085 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7086 /// in the global scope. 7087 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7088 7089 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7090 /// expression violations. 7091 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7092 public: 7093 bool Suppress; 7094 7095 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7096 7097 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7098 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7099 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7100 }; 7101 7102 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7103 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7104 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7105 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7106 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7107 bool AllowFold = true); 7108 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7109 unsigned DiagID, 7110 bool AllowFold = true); 7111 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7112 7113 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7114 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7115 /// Returns false on success. 7116 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7117 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7118 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7119 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7120 7121 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7122 CFT_Device, 7123 CFT_Global, 7124 CFT_Host, 7125 CFT_HostDevice 7126 }; 7127 7128 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7129 7130 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7131 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7132 7133 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7134 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7135 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7136 } 7137 7138 /// \name Code completion 7139 //@{ 7140 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7141 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7142 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7143 PCC_Namespace, 7144 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7145 PCC_Class, 7146 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7147 /// or category. 7148 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7149 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7150 /// category implementation 7151 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7152 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7153 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7154 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7155 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7156 /// headers. 7157 PCC_Template, 7158 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7159 /// headers within a class. 7160 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7161 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7162 PCC_Expression, 7163 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7164 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7165 PCC_Statement, 7166 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7167 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7168 PCC_ForInit, 7169 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7170 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7171 PCC_Condition, 7172 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7173 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7174 /// in the grammar. 7175 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7176 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7177 PCC_Type, 7178 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7179 /// might also be a type cast. 7180 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7181 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7182 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7183 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7184 }; 7185 7186 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7187 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7188 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7189 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7190 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7191 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7192 7193 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7194 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7195 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7196 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7197 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7198 bool IsArrow); 7199 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7200 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7201 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7202 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7203 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7204 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7205 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7206 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7207 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7208 7209 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7210 bool EnteringContext); 7211 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7212 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7213 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7214 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7215 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7216 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7217 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7218 unsigned NumInitializers); 7219 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7220 bool AfterAmpersand); 7221 7222 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7223 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7224 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7225 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7226 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7227 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7228 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7229 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7230 bool IsParameter); 7231 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7232 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7233 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7234 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7235 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7236 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7237 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7238 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7239 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7240 bool IsSuper = false); 7241 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7242 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7243 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7244 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7245 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7246 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7247 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7248 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7249 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7250 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7251 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7252 unsigned NumProtocols); 7253 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7254 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7255 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7256 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7257 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7258 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7259 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7260 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7261 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7262 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7263 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7264 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7265 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7266 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7267 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7268 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7269 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7270 ParsedType ReturnType); 7271 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7272 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7273 bool AtParameterName, 7274 ParsedType ReturnType, 7275 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7276 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7277 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7278 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7279 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7280 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7281 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7282 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7283 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7284 unsigned Argument); 7285 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7286 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7287 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7288 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7289 //@} 7290 7291 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7292 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7293 7294public: 7295 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7296 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7297 7298private: 7299 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7300 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7301 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7302 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7303 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7304 // FunctionDeclaration. 7305 struct FormatStringInfo { 7306 unsigned FormatIdx; 7307 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7308 bool HasVAListArg; 7309 }; 7310 7311 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7312 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7313 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7314 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7315 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7316 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7317 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7318 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7319 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7320 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7321 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7322 SourceLocation Loc); 7323 7324 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7325 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7326 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7327 VariadicCallType CallType); 7328 7329 7330 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7331 7332 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7333 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7334 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7335 7336 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7337 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7338 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7339 7340public: 7341 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7342 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7343 7344private: 7345 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7346 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7347 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7348 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7349 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7350 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7351 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7352 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7353 7354 enum FormatStringType { 7355 FST_Scanf, 7356 FST_Printf, 7357 FST_NSString, 7358 FST_Strftime, 7359 FST_Strfmon, 7360 FST_Kprintf, 7361 FST_Unknown 7362 }; 7363 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7364 7365 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7366 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7367 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7368 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7369 }; 7370 7371 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7372 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7373 bool HasVAListArg, 7374 unsigned format_idx, 7375 unsigned firstDataArg, 7376 FormatStringType Type, 7377 VariadicCallType CallType, 7378 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7379 7380 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7381 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7382 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7383 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7384 VariadicCallType CallType); 7385 7386 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7387 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7388 bool IsCXXMember, 7389 VariadicCallType CallType, 7390 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7391 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7392 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7393 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7394 VariadicCallType CallType, 7395 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7396 7397 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7398 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7399 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7400 7401 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7402 unsigned BId, 7403 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7404 7405 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7406 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7407 7408 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7409 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7410 7411 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7412 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7413 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7414 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7415 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7416 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7417 7418 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7419 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7420 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7421 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7422 7423 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7424 Expr *Init); 7425 7426public: 7427 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7428 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7429 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7430 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7431 7432 struct TypeTagData { 7433 TypeTagData() {} 7434 7435 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7436 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7437 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7438 {} 7439 7440 QualType Type; 7441 7442 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7443 /// layout-compatibility. 7444 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7445 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7446 }; 7447 7448 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7449 /// identifies the magic value. 7450 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7451 7452private: 7453 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7454 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7455 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7456 7457 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7458 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7459 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7460 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7461 7462 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7463 /// 7464 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7465 Scope *CurScope; 7466 7467 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7468 7469protected: 7470 friend class Parser; 7471 friend class InitializationSequence; 7472 friend class ASTReader; 7473 friend class ASTWriter; 7474 7475public: 7476 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7477 /// 7478 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7479 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7480 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7481 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7482 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7483 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7484 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7485 7486 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7487 7488 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7489 7490 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7491 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7492 } 7493 7494 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7495 7496 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7497 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7498 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7499 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7500 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7501 return DC; 7502 } 7503}; 7504 7505/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7506class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7507 Sema &Actions; 7508 7509public: 7510 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7511 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7512 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7513 bool IsDecltype = false) 7514 : Actions(Actions) { 7515 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7516 IsDecltype); 7517 } 7518 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7519 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7520 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7521 bool IsDecltype = false) 7522 : Actions(Actions) { 7523 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7524 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7525 IsDecltype); 7526 } 7527 7528 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7529 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7530 } 7531}; 7532 7533} // end namespace clang 7534 7535#endif 7536